Sema.h revision 13489673b84fafaaf49cf5ae4e3bb9a945524dcb
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 31#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 32#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 38#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 42#include <deque> 43#include <string> 44 45namespace llvm { 46 class APSInt; 47 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 48 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 49 class SmallBitVector; 50} 51 52namespace clang { 53 class ADLResult; 54 class ASTConsumer; 55 class ASTContext; 56 class ASTMutationListener; 57 class ASTReader; 58 class ASTWriter; 59 class ArrayType; 60 class AttributeList; 61 class BlockDecl; 62 class CXXBasePath; 63 class CXXBasePaths; 64 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 65 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 66 class CXXConstructorDecl; 67 class CXXConversionDecl; 68 class CXXDestructorDecl; 69 class CXXFieldCollector; 70 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 71 class CXXMethodDecl; 72 class CXXScopeSpec; 73 class CXXTemporary; 74 class CXXTryStmt; 75 class CallExpr; 76 class ClassTemplateDecl; 77 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 78 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 79 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 80 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 81 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 82 class CodeCompletionResult; 83 class Decl; 84 class DeclAccessPair; 85 class DeclContext; 86 class DeclRefExpr; 87 class DeclaratorDecl; 88 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 89 class DependentDiagnostic; 90 class DesignatedInitExpr; 91 class Designation; 92 class EnumConstantDecl; 93 class Expr; 94 class ExtVectorType; 95 class ExternalSemaSource; 96 class FormatAttr; 97 class FriendDecl; 98 class FunctionDecl; 99 class FunctionProtoType; 100 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 101 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 102 class InitListExpr; 103 class InitializationKind; 104 class InitializationSequence; 105 class InitializedEntity; 106 class IntegerLiteral; 107 class LabelStmt; 108 class LambdaExpr; 109 class LangOptions; 110 class LocalInstantiationScope; 111 class LookupResult; 112 class MacroInfo; 113 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 114 class NamedDecl; 115 class NonNullAttr; 116 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 117 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 118 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 119 class ObjCContainerDecl; 120 class ObjCImplDecl; 121 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 122 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 123 class ObjCIvarDecl; 124 template <class T> class ObjCList; 125 class ObjCMessageExpr; 126 class ObjCMethodDecl; 127 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 128 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 129 class OverloadCandidateSet; 130 class OverloadExpr; 131 class ParenListExpr; 132 class ParmVarDecl; 133 class Preprocessor; 134 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 135 class PseudoObjectExpr; 136 class QualType; 137 class StandardConversionSequence; 138 class Stmt; 139 class StringLiteral; 140 class SwitchStmt; 141 class TargetAttributesSema; 142 class TemplateArgument; 143 class TemplateArgumentList; 144 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 145 class TemplateDecl; 146 class TemplateParameterList; 147 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 148 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 149 class Token; 150 class TypeAliasDecl; 151 class TypedefDecl; 152 class TypedefNameDecl; 153 class TypeLoc; 154 class UnqualifiedId; 155 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 156 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 157 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 158 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 159 class UsingDecl; 160 class UsingShadowDecl; 161 class ValueDecl; 162 class VarDecl; 163 class VisibilityAttr; 164 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 165 class IndirectFieldDecl; 166 167namespace sema { 168 class AccessedEntity; 169 class BlockScopeInfo; 170 class CompoundScopeInfo; 171 class DelayedDiagnostic; 172 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 173 class FunctionScopeInfo; 174 class LambdaScopeInfo; 175 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 176 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 177} 178 179// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 180// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 181typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 182 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 183 184/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 185class Sema { 186 Sema(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 187 void operator=(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 188 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 189public: 190 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 191 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 192 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 193 194 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 195 FPOptions FPFeatures; 196 197 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 198 Preprocessor &PP; 199 ASTContext &Context; 200 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 201 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 202 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 203 204 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 205 bool CollectStats; 206 207 /// \brief Source of additional semantic information. 208 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 209 210 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 211 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 212 213 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 214 DeclContext *CurContext; 215 216 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 217 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 218 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 219 220 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 221 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 222 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 223 224 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for #pragma pack. An alignment 225 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 226 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 227 228 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when #pragma ms_struct on 229 230 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for #pragma GCC visibility. 231 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 232 233 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 234 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 235 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 236 237 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 238 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 239 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 240 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 241 242 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 243 244 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 245 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 246 /// 247 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 248 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 249 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 250 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 251 252 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 253 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 254 ExtVectorDeclsType; 255 256 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 257 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 258 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 259 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 260 261 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 262 /// definitions being hidden. 263 /// 264 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 265 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 266 267 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 268 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 269 270 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 271 272 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 273 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 274 /// same list more than once. 275 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 276 277 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 278 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 279 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 280 281 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 282 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 283 /// 284 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 285 /// scoped, e.g., 286 /// 287 /// \code 288 /// void f() { 289 /// void foo(int, int); 290 /// } 291 /// \endcode 292 /// 293 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 294 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 295 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 296 /// 297 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 298 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 299 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 300 /// compatibility. 301 /// 302 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 303 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 304 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 305 /// not visible. 306 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 307 308 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 309 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 310 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 311 312 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 313 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 314 TentativeDefinitionsType; 315 316 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 317 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 318 319 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 320 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 321 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 322 323 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 324 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 325 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 326 327 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 328 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 329 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 330 331 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 332 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 333 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 334 335 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 336 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 337 /// exception spec. 338 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 339 340 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 341 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 342 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 343 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 344 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 345 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 346 347 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 348 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 349 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 350 void *OpaqueParser; 351 352 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 353 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 354 OpaqueParser = P; 355 } 356 357 class DelayedDiagnostics; 358 359 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 360 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 361 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 362 }; 363 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 364 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 365 366 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 367 /// during parsing and other processing. 368 class DelayedDiagnostics { 369 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 370 /// diagnostics should go. 371 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 372 373 public: 374 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 375 376 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 377 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 378 379 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 380 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 381 382 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 383 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 384 return CurPool; 385 } 386 387 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 388 /// collected in this pool. 389 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 390 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 391 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 392 CurPool = &pool; 393 return state; 394 } 395 396 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 397 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 398 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 399 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 400 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 401 } 402 403 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 404 /// not delayed. 405 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 406 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 407 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 408 CurPool = 0; 409 return state; 410 } 411 412 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 413 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 414 assert(CurPool == NULL); 415 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 416 } 417 } DelayedDiagnostics; 418 419 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 420 class ContextRAII { 421 private: 422 Sema &S; 423 DeclContext *SavedContext; 424 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 425 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 426 427 public: 428 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 429 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 430 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 431 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 432 { 433 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 434 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 435 } 436 437 void pop() { 438 if (!SavedContext) return; 439 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 440 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 441 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 442 SavedContext = 0; 443 } 444 445 ~ContextRAII() { 446 pop(); 447 } 448 }; 449 450 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 451 /// #pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 452 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 453 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 454 455 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 456 /// #pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 457 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 458 /// in the currently selected standard. 459 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 460 461 462 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 463 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 464 465 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 466 /// #pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 467 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 468 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 469 /// It would be best to refactor this. 470 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 471 472 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 473 474 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 475 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 476 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 477 Scope *TUScope; 478 479 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 480 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 481 482 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 483 /// standard library. 484 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 485 486 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 487 /// <initializer_list>. 488 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 489 490 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in <typeinfo>. 491 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 492 493 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 494 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 495 496 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 497 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 498 499 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 500 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 501 502 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 503 QualType NSNumberPointer; 504 505 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 506 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 507 508 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 509 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 510 511 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 512 QualType NSStringPointer; 513 514 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 515 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 516 517 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 518 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 519 520 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 521 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 522 523 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 524 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 525 526 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 527 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 528 529 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 530 QualType QIDNSCopying; 531 532 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 533 /// have been declared. 534 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 535 536 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -dealloc method and no [super dealloc] 537 /// call was found yet. 538 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc; 539 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -finalize method and no [super finalize] 540 /// call was found yet. 541 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize; 542 543 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 544 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 545 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 546 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 547 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 548 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 549 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 550 /// run time. 551 Unevaluated, 552 553 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 554 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 555 /// cases in a switch statment). 556 ConstantEvaluated, 557 558 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 559 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 560 /// expression at run time. 561 PotentiallyEvaluated, 562 563 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 564 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 565 /// in fact the current expression is used. 566 /// 567 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 568 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 569 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 570 /// until the default argument is used. 571 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 572 }; 573 574 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 575 /// expression evaluation contexts. 576 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 577 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 578 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 579 580 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 581 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 582 583 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 584 bool IsDecltype; 585 586 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 587 /// this expression evaluation context. 588 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 589 590 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 591 592 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 593 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 594 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 595 596 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 597 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 598 /// default function argument. 599 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 600 601 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 602 /// within this context. 603 /// 604 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 605 /// do not have lambda expressions. 606 LambdaMangleContext *LambdaMangle; 607 608 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 609 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 610 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 611 612 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 613 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 614 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 615 616 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 617 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 618 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 619 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 620 bool IsDecltype) 621 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 622 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 623 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 624 625 ~ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord() { 626 delete LambdaMangle; 627 } 628 629 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 630 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 631 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 632 if (!LambdaMangle) 633 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 634 return *LambdaMangle; 635 } 636 }; 637 638 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 639 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 640 641 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 642 /// function. 643 /// 644 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 645 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 646 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 647 public: 648 enum Kind { 649 NoMemberOrDeleted, 650 Ambiguous, 651 Success 652 }; 653 654 private: 655 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 656 657 public: 658 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 659 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 660 {} 661 662 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 663 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 664 665 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 666 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 667 }; 668 669 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 670 /// for C++ records. 671 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 672 673 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 674 /// 675 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 676 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 677 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 678 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 679 /// checks. 680 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 681 682 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 683 684 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 685 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 686 687 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 688 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 689 690 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 691 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 692 /// 693 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 694 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 695 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 696 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 697 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 698 699 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 700 // argument locations. 701 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 702 703 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 704 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 705 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 706 707 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 708 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 709 710 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 711 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 712 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 713 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 714 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 715 716 /// Method selectors used in a @selector expression. Used for implementation 717 /// of -Wselector. 718 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 719 720 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 721 722 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 723 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 724 725 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 726 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 727 /// should not be used elsewhere. 728 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 729 730public: 731 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 732 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 733 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 734 ~Sema(); 735 736 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 737 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 738 void Initialize(); 739 740 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 741 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 742 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 743 744 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 745 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 746 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 747 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 748 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 749 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 750 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 751 752 void PrintStats() const; 753 754 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 755 /// template instantiation stacks. 756 /// 757 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 758 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 759 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 760 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 761 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 762 /// well. 763 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 764 Sema &SemaRef; 765 unsigned DiagID; 766 767 public: 768 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 769 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 770 771 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 772 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 773 if (!isActive()) return; 774 775 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 776 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 777 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 778 // 779 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 780 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 781 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 782 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 783 // eliminate that code. 784 FlushCounts(); 785 Clear(); 786 787 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 788 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 789 } 790 }; 791 792 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 793 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 794 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 795 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 796 } 797 798 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 799 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 800 801 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 802 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 803 804 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 805 806 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 807 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 808 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 809 810 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 811 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 812 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 813 814 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 815 816 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 817 818 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 819 820 void PushFunctionScope(); 821 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 822 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 823 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 824 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 825 826 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 827 return FunctionScopes.back(); 828 } 829 830 void PushCompoundScope(); 831 void PopCompoundScope(); 832 833 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 834 835 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 836 837 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 838 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 839 840 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 841 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 842 843 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to #pragma weak-generated Decls 844 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 845 846 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 847 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 848 // 849 850 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 851 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 852 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 853 } 854 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 855 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 856 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 857 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 858 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 859 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 860 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 861 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 862 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 863 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 864 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 865 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 866 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 867 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 868 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 869 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 870 SourceLocation Loc, 871 DeclarationName Entity); 872 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 873 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 874 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 875 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 876 877 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 878 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 879 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 880 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 881 882 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 883 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 884 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 885 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 886 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 887 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 888 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 889 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 890 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range); 891 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 892 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 893 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 894 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 895 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 896 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 897 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 898 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 899 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 900 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 901 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 902 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 903 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 904 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 905 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 906 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 907 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 908 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 909 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 910 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 911 912 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 913 914 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 915 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 916 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 917 918 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 919 struct TypeDiagnoser { 920 bool Suppressed; 921 922 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 923 924 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 925 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 926 }; 927 928 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 929 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 930 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 931 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 932 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 933 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 934 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 935 return II; 936 } 937 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 938 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 939 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 940 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 941 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 942 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 943 944 template<typename T1> 945 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 946 unsigned DiagID; 947 const T1 &Arg1; 948 949 public: 950 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 951 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 952 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 953 if (Suppressed) return; 954 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 955 } 956 957 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 958 }; 959 960 template<typename T1, typename T2> 961 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 962 unsigned DiagID; 963 const T1 &Arg1; 964 const T2 &Arg2; 965 966 public: 967 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 968 const T2 &Arg2) 969 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 970 Arg2(Arg2) { } 971 972 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 973 if (Suppressed) return; 974 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 975 } 976 977 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 978 }; 979 980 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 981 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 982 unsigned DiagID; 983 const T1 &Arg1; 984 const T2 &Arg2; 985 const T3 &Arg3; 986 987 public: 988 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 989 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 990 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 991 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 992 993 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 994 if (Suppressed) return; 995 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 996 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 997 } 998 999 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1000 }; 1001 1002 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1003 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1004 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1005 unsigned DiagID); 1006 1007 template<typename T1> 1008 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1009 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1010 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1011 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1012 } 1013 1014 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1015 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1016 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1017 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1018 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1019 } 1020 1021 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1022 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1023 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1024 const T3 &Arg3) { 1025 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1026 Arg3); 1027 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1028 } 1029 1030 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1031 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1032 1033 template<typename T1> 1034 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1035 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1036 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1037 } 1038 1039 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1040 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1041 const T2 &Arg2) { 1042 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1043 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1044 } 1045 1046 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1047 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1048 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1049 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1050 Arg3); 1051 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1052 } 1053 1054 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1055 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1056 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1057 1058 template<typename T1> 1059 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1060 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1061 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1062 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1063 } 1064 1065 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1066 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1067 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1068 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1069 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1070 } 1071 1072 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1073 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1074 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1075 const T3 &Arg3) { 1076 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1077 Arg3); 1078 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1079 } 1080 1081 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1082 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1083 1084 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1085 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1086 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1087 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1088 SourceLocation Loc); 1089 1090 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1091 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1092 // 1093 1094 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1095 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1096 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1097 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1098 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1099 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1100 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1101 /// such as: 1102 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1103 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1104 1105 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1106 1107 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1108 1109 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1110 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1111 bool isClassName = false, 1112 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1113 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1114 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1115 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1116 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1117 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1118 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1119 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 1120 SourceLocation IILoc, 1121 Scope *S, 1122 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1123 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1124 1125 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1126 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1127 enum NameClassificationKind { 1128 NC_Unknown, 1129 NC_Error, 1130 NC_Keyword, 1131 NC_Type, 1132 NC_Expression, 1133 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1134 NC_TypeTemplate, 1135 NC_FunctionTemplate 1136 }; 1137 1138 class NameClassification { 1139 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1140 ExprResult Expr; 1141 TemplateName Template; 1142 ParsedType Type; 1143 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1144 1145 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1146 1147 public: 1148 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1149 1150 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1151 1152 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1153 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1154 1155 static NameClassification Error() { 1156 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1157 } 1158 1159 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1160 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1161 } 1162 1163 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1164 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1165 } 1166 1167 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1168 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1169 Result.Template = Name; 1170 return Result; 1171 } 1172 1173 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1174 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1175 Result.Template = Name; 1176 return Result; 1177 } 1178 1179 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1180 1181 ParsedType getType() const { 1182 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1183 return Type; 1184 } 1185 1186 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1187 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1188 return Expr; 1189 } 1190 1191 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1192 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1193 return Template; 1194 } 1195 1196 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1197 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1198 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1199 } 1200}; 1201 1202 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1203 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1204 /// 1205 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1206 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1207 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1208 /// 1209 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1210 /// 1211 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1212 /// 1213 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1214 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1215 /// 1216 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1217 /// 1218 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1219 /// disambiguate the name. 1220 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1221 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1222 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1223 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1224 const Token &NextToken); 1225 1226 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1227 1228 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1229 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1230 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1231 const LookupResult &Previous, 1232 Scope *S); 1233 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1234 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1235 DeclarationName Name, 1236 SourceLocation Loc); 1237 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1238 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1239 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1240 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1241 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1242 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1243 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1244 LookupResult &Previous); 1245 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1246 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1247 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1248 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1249 LookupResult &Previous, 1250 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1251 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1252 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1253 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1254 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1255 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1256 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1257 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1258 LookupResult &Previous, 1259 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1260 bool &AddToScope); 1261 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1262 1263 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1264 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1265 1266 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1267 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1268 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1269 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1270 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1271 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1272 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1273 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1274 SourceLocation Loc, 1275 QualType T); 1276 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1277 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1278 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1279 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1280 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1281 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1282 Expr *defarg); 1283 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1284 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1285 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1286 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1287 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1288 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1289 1290 void CheckSelfReference(Decl *OrigDecl, Expr *E); 1291 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1292 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1293 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1294 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1295 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1296 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1297 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1298 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1299 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1300 Decl **Group, 1301 unsigned NumDecls); 1302 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1303 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1304 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1305 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1306 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1307 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1308 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1309 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1310 1311 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1312 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1313 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1314 1315 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1316 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1317 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1318 1319 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1320 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1321 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1322 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1323 1324 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1325 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1326 /// specified threshold. 1327 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1328 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1329 QualType ReturnTy, 1330 NamedDecl *D); 1331 1332 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1333 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1334 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1335 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1336 1337 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1338 /// 1339 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1340 /// 1341 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1342 /// 1343 /// \param Path The module access path. 1344 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1345 ModuleIdPath Path); 1346 1347 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1348 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1349 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1350 } 1351 1352 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1353 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1354 const Preprocessor &PP); 1355 1356 /// Scope actions. 1357 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1358 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1359 1360 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1361 DeclSpec &DS); 1362 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1363 DeclSpec &DS, 1364 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1365 1366 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1367 AccessSpecifier AS, 1368 RecordDecl *Record); 1369 1370 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1371 RecordDecl *Record); 1372 1373 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1374 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1375 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1376 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1377 1378 enum TagUseKind { 1379 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1380 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1381 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1382 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1383 }; 1384 1385 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1386 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1387 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1388 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1389 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1390 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1391 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1392 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1393 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1394 1395 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1396 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1397 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1398 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1399 AttributeList *Attr, 1400 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1401 1402 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1403 unsigned TagSpec, 1404 TagUseKind TUK, 1405 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1406 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1407 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1408 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1409 1410 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1411 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1412 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1413 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1414 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1415 1416 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1417 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, bool HasInit, 1418 AccessSpecifier AS); 1419 1420 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1421 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1422 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1423 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, bool HasInit, 1424 SourceLocation TSSL, 1425 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1426 Declarator *D = 0); 1427 1428 enum CXXSpecialMember { 1429 CXXDefaultConstructor, 1430 CXXCopyConstructor, 1431 CXXMoveConstructor, 1432 CXXCopyAssignment, 1433 CXXMoveAssignment, 1434 CXXDestructor, 1435 CXXInvalid 1436 }; 1437 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1438 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem); 1439 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1440 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1441 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1442 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1443 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1444 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1445 1446 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1447 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1448 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1449 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1450 AttributeList *AttrList); 1451 1452 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1453 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1454 /// struct, or union). 1455 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1456 1457 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1458 1459 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1460 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1461 /// member declarations. 1462 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1463 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1464 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1465 1466 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1467 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1468 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1469 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1470 1471 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1472 1473 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1474 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1475 /// 1476 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1477 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1478 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1479 1480 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1481 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1482 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1483 1484 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1485 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1486 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1487 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1488 Expr *val); 1489 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1490 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1491 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1492 1493 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1494 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1495 AttributeList *Attrs, 1496 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1497 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1498 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1499 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1500 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1501 1502 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1503 1504 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1505 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1506 void PopDeclContext(); 1507 1508 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1509 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1510 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1511 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1512 1513 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1514 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1515 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1516 1517 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1518 1519 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1520 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1521 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1522 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1523 1524 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1525 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1526 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1527 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1528 1529 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1530 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1531 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1532 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1533 1534 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1535 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1536 1537 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1538 /// top level scope. 1539 /// 1540 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1541 /// 1542 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1543 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1544 1545 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1546 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1547 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1548 /// 1549 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1550 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1551 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1552 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1553 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1554 1555 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1556 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1557 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1558 1559 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1560 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1561 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1562 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1563 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1564 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1565 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1566 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1567 Scope *S); 1568 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1569 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1570 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1571 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1572 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1573 1574 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1575 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1576 enum AssignmentAction { 1577 AA_Assigning, 1578 AA_Passing, 1579 AA_Returning, 1580 AA_Converting, 1581 AA_Initializing, 1582 AA_Sending, 1583 AA_Casting 1584 }; 1585 1586 /// C++ Overloading. 1587 enum OverloadKind { 1588 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1589 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1590 Ovl_Overload, 1591 1592 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1593 /// an existing declaration. 1594 Ovl_Match, 1595 1596 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1597 /// non-function. 1598 Ovl_NonFunction 1599 }; 1600 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1601 FunctionDecl *New, 1602 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1603 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1604 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1605 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1606 1607 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1608 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1609 /// 1610 /// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1611 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1612 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1613 1614 ImplicitConversionSequence 1615 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1616 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1617 bool AllowExplicit, 1618 bool InOverloadResolution, 1619 bool CStyle, 1620 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1621 1622 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1623 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1624 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1625 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1626 bool InOverloadResolution, 1627 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1628 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1629 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1630 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1631 QualType &ConvertedType); 1632 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1633 QualType& ConvertedType); 1634 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1635 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1636 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1637 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1638 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1639 1640 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1641 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1642 CastKind &Kind, 1643 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1644 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1645 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1646 bool InOverloadResolution, 1647 QualType &ConvertedType); 1648 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1649 CastKind &Kind, 1650 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1651 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1652 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1653 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1654 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1655 QualType &ResultTy); 1656 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1657 1658 1659 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1660 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1661 QualType ResultType, 1662 Expr *Value, 1663 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1664 1665 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1666 ExprResult Init); 1667 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1668 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1669 ExprResult Init, 1670 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1671 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1672 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1673 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1674 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1675 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1676 1677 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1678 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1679 1680 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1681 enum CCEKind { 1682 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1683 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1684 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1685 }; 1686 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1687 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1688 1689 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1690 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1691 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1692 public: 1693 bool Suppress; 1694 bool SuppressConversion; 1695 1696 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1697 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1698 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1699 1700 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1701 /// integral or enumeration type. 1702 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1703 QualType T) = 0; 1704 1705 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1706 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1707 QualType T) = 0; 1708 1709 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1710 /// is explicit. 1711 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1712 QualType T, 1713 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1714 1715 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1716 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1717 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1718 1719 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1720 /// functions. 1721 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1722 QualType T) = 0; 1723 1724 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1725 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1726 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1727 1728 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1729 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1730 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1731 QualType T, 1732 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1733 1734 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1735 }; 1736 1737 ExprResult 1738 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1739 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1740 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1741 1742 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1743 OS_Array, 1744 OS_Dictionary, 1745 OS_Error 1746 }; 1747 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1748 1749 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1750 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1751 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1752 NamedDecl *Member); 1753 1754 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1755 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1756 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1757 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1758 1759 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1760 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1761 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1762 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1763 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1764 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1765 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1766 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1767 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1768 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1769 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1770 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1771 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1772 QualType ObjectType, 1773 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1774 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1775 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1776 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1777 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1778 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1779 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1780 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1781 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1782 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1783 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1784 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1785 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1786 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1787 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1788 QualType ObjectType, 1789 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1790 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1791 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1792 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1793 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1794 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1795 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1796 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1797 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1798 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1799 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1800 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1801 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1802 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1803 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1804 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1805 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1806 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1807 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1808 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1809 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1810 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1811 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1812 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1813 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1814 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1815 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1816 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1817 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1818 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1819 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1820 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1821 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1822 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1823 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1824 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1825 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1826 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1827 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1828 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1829 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1830 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1831 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1832 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1833 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1834 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1835 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 1836 1837 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1838 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1839 1840 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1841 // identified by the expression Expr 1842 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1843 1844 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1845 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1846 // R (A) --> R(A) 1847 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1848 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1849 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1850 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1851 1852 FunctionDecl * 1853 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1854 QualType TargetType, 1855 bool Complain, 1856 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1857 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1858 1859 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1860 bool Complain = false, 1861 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1862 1863 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1864 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1865 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1866 bool Complain = false, 1867 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1868 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1869 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1870 1871 1872 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1873 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1874 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1875 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1876 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1877 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1878 1879 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1880 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1881 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1882 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1883 1884 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 1885 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1886 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1887 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1888 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 1889 Expr *ExecConfig, 1890 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 1891 1892 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1893 unsigned Opc, 1894 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1895 Expr *input); 1896 1897 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1898 unsigned Opc, 1899 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1900 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 1901 1902 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 1903 SourceLocation RLoc, 1904 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 1905 1906 ExprResult 1907 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 1908 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 1909 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1910 ExprResult 1911 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1912 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1913 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1914 1915 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 1916 SourceLocation OpLoc); 1917 1918 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 1919 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 1920 /// that best represents the call. 1921 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 1922 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 1923 1924 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 1925 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 1926 bool CheckParameterNames); 1927 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 1928 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 1929 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 1930 1931 /// \name Name lookup 1932 /// 1933 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 1934 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 1935 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 1936 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 1937 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 1938 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 1939 /// 1940 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 1941 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 1942 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 1943 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 1944 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 1945 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 1946 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 1947 /// 1948 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 1949 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 1950 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 1951 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 1952 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 1953 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 1954 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 1955 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 1956 //@{ 1957 1958 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 1959 enum LookupNameKind { 1960 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 1961 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 1962 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 1963 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 1964 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 1965 /// structs, and unions. 1966 LookupTagName, 1967 /// Label name lookup. 1968 LookupLabel, 1969 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 1970 /// class/struct/union members. 1971 LookupMemberName, 1972 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 1973 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 1974 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 1975 LookupOperatorName, 1976 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 1977 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 1978 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 1979 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 1980 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 1981 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 1982 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 1983 LookupNamespaceName, 1984 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 1985 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 1986 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 1987 LookupUsingDeclName, 1988 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 1989 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 1990 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 1991 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 1992 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 1993 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 1994 LookupObjCProtocolName, 1995 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 1996 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 1997 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 1998 LookupAnyName 1999 }; 2000 2001 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2002 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2003 enum RedeclarationKind { 2004 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2005 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2006 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2007 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2008 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2009 ForRedeclaration 2010 }; 2011 2012 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2013 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2014 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2015 LOLR_Error, 2016 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2017 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2018 LOLR_Cooked, 2019 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2020 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2021 LOLR_Raw, 2022 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2023 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2024 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2025 LOLR_Template 2026 }; 2027 2028 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2029 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2030 bool ConstArg, 2031 bool VolatileArg, 2032 bool RValueThis, 2033 bool ConstThis, 2034 bool VolatileThis); 2035 2036private: 2037 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2038 2039 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2040 // 2041 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2042 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2043 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2044 2045 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2046 /// source. 2047 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2048 2049public: 2050 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2051 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2052 /// 2053 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2054 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2055 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2056 SourceLocation Loc, 2057 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2058 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2059 = NotForRedeclaration); 2060 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2061 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2062 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2063 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2064 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2065 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2066 bool EnteringContext = false); 2067 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2068 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2069 = NotForRedeclaration); 2070 2071 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2072 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2073 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2074 2075 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2076 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2077 2078 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2079 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2080 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2081 unsigned Quals); 2082 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2083 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2084 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2085 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, bool RValueThis, 2086 unsigned ThisQuals); 2087 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2088 2089 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2090 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2091 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2092 2093 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2094 SourceLocation Loc, 2095 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2096 ADLResult &Functions, 2097 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 2098 2099 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2100 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2101 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2102 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2103 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2104 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2105 2106 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2107 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2108 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2109 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2110 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2111 bool EnteringContext = false, 2112 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2113 2114 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2115 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2116 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2117 2118 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2119 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2120 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2121 2122 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2123 //@} 2124 2125 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2126 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2127 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2128 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2129 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2130 SourceLocation Loc); 2131 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2132 Scope *S); 2133 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2134 2135 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2136 2137 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2138 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2139 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2140 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2141 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2142 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2143 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2144 2145 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2146 2147 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2148 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2149 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2150 2151 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2152 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2153 SourceRange Range); 2154 2155 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2156 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2157 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2158 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2159 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2160 2161 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2162 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2163 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2164 2165 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2166 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2167 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2168 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2169 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2170 2171 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2172 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2173 2174 typedef llvm::DenseSet<Selector, llvm::DenseMapInfo<Selector> > SelectorSet; 2175 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2176 2177 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2178 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2179 /// \param IDecl - Used for checking for methods which may have been 2180 /// inherited. 2181 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2182 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2183 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2184 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2185 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2186 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2187 2188 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2189 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2190 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2191 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2192 SourceLocation Loc); 2193 2194 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2195 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category @implementation. 2196 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2197 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2198 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2199 2200 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2201 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2202 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2203 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2204 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2205 2206 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2207 /// properties which must be synthesized in class's @implementation. 2208 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2209 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2210 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2211 2212 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2213 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2214 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2215 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2216 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2217 2218 2219 /// LookupPropertyDecl - Looks up a property in the current class and all 2220 /// its protocols. 2221 ObjCPropertyDecl *LookupPropertyDecl(const ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2222 IdentifierInfo *II); 2223 2224 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle @property declarations in 2225 //// class extensions. 2226 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2227 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2228 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2229 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2230 Selector GetterSel, 2231 Selector SetterSel, 2232 const bool isAssign, 2233 const bool isReadWrite, 2234 const unsigned Attributes, 2235 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2236 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2237 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2238 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2239 2240 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2241 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or @interface. 2242 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2243 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2244 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2245 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2246 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2247 Selector GetterSel, 2248 Selector SetterSel, 2249 const bool isAssign, 2250 const bool isReadWrite, 2251 const unsigned Attributes, 2252 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2253 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2254 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2255 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2256 2257 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2258 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2259 /// setter or getter. 2260 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2261 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2262 2263 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2264 2265 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2266 2267 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2268 MMS_loose, 2269 MMS_strict 2270 }; 2271 2272 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2273 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2274 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2275 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2276 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2277 2278 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2279 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2280 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2281 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2282 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2283 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2284 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2285 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2286 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2287 bool ImmediateClass, 2288 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2289 2290 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2291 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2292 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2293 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2294 2295 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2296 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2297 2298private: 2299 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2300 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2301 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2302 2303 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2304 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2305 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2306 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2307 bool warn, bool instance); 2308 2309public: 2310 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2311 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2312 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2313 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2314 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2315 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2316 } 2317 2318 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2319 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2320 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2321 } 2322 2323 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2324 /// pool. 2325 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2326 2327 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2328 /// there are multiple signatures. 2329 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2330 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2331 bool warn=true) { 2332 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2333 warn, /*instance*/true); 2334 } 2335 2336 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2337 /// there are multiple signatures. 2338 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2339 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2340 bool warn=true) { 2341 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2342 warn, /*instance*/false); 2343 } 2344 2345 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2346 /// implementation. 2347 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2348 2349 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2350 /// initialization. 2351 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2352 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2353 2354 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2355 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2356public: 2357 class FullExprArg { 2358 public: 2359 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2360 2361 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2362 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2363 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2364 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2365 2366 ExprResult release() { 2367 return move(E); 2368 } 2369 2370 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2371 2372 Expr *operator->() { 2373 return E; 2374 } 2375 2376 private: 2377 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2378 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2379 friend class Sema; 2380 2381 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2382 2383 Expr *E; 2384 }; 2385 2386 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2387 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg).release()); 2388 } 2389 2390 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2391 2392 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2393 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2394 2395 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2396 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2397 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2398 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2399 bool isStmtExpr); 2400 2401 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2402 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2403 public: 2404 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2405 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2406 } 2407 2408 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2409 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2410 } 2411 2412 private: 2413 Sema &S; 2414 }; 2415 2416 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2417 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2418 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2419 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2420 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2421 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2422 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2423 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2424 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2425 2426 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2427 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2428 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2429 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2430 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2431 2432 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, const AttrVec &Attrs, 2433 Stmt *SubStmt); 2434 2435 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2436 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2437 Stmt *ThenVal, 2438 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2439 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2440 Expr *Cond, 2441 Decl *CondVar); 2442 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2443 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2444 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2445 FullExprArg Cond, 2446 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2447 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2448 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2449 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2450 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2451 2452 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2453 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2454 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2455 Decl *SecondVar, 2456 FullExprArg Third, 2457 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2458 Stmt *Body); 2459 ExprResult ActOnObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2460 Expr *collection); 2461 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2462 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2463 Stmt *First, Expr *Second, 2464 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Stmt *Body); 2465 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2466 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2467 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2468 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2469 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2470 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2471 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2472 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2473 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2474 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2475 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2476 2477 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2478 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2479 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2480 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2481 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2482 Expr *DestExp); 2483 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2484 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2485 2486 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2487 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2488 2489 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2490 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2491 2492 StmtResult ActOnAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2493 bool IsSimple, bool IsVolatile, 2494 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2495 IdentifierInfo **Names, 2496 MultiExprArg Constraints, 2497 MultiExprArg Exprs, 2498 Expr *AsmString, 2499 MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2500 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2501 bool MSAsm = false); 2502 2503 2504 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2505 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2506 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2507 bool Invalid = false); 2508 2509 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2510 2511 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2512 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2513 2514 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2515 2516 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2517 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2518 2519 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2520 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2521 Scope *CurScope); 2522 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2523 Expr *operand); 2524 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2525 Expr *SynchExpr, 2526 Stmt *SynchBody); 2527 2528 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2529 2530 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2531 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2532 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2533 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2534 2535 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2536 2537 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2538 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2539 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2540 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2541 2542 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2543 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2544 Stmt *TryBlock, 2545 Stmt *Handler); 2546 2547 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2548 Expr *FilterExpr, 2549 Stmt *Block); 2550 2551 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2552 Stmt *Block); 2553 2554 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2555 2556 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2557 2558 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2559 /// of it. 2560 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2561 2562 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2563 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2564 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2565 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2566 2567 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2568 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2569 /// 2570 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2571 /// if (condition); 2572 /// do_stuff(); 2573 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2574 const Stmt *Body, 2575 unsigned DiagID); 2576 2577 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2578 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2579 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2580 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2581 2582 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2583 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2584 } 2585 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2586 2587 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2588 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2589 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2590 } 2591 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2592 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2593 } 2594 2595 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2596 2597 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2598 SourceLocation Loc, 2599 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2600 2601 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2602 2603 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2604 StringRef message); 2605 2606 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2607 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2608 2609 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2610 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2611 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2612 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2613 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2614 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2615 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2616 SourceLocation Loc); 2617 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2618 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2619 2620 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2621 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2622 bool IsDecltype = false); 2623 2624 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2625 2626 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2627 2628 ExprResult TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2629 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2630 2631 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2632 2633 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2634 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2635 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2636 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2637 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2638 // named expressions. 2639 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2640 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2641 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2642 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2643 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2644 2645 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2646 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2647 2648 enum TryCaptureKind { 2649 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2650 }; 2651 2652 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2653 /// 2654 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2655 /// 2656 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2657 /// 2658 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2659 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2660 /// 2661 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2662 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2663 /// 2664 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2665 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2666 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2667 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2668 /// 2669 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2670 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2671 /// variable can be captured. 2672 /// 2673 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a refernce to the capture 2674 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2675 /// captured. 2676 /// 2677 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2678 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2679 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2680 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2681 QualType &CaptureType, 2682 QualType &DeclRefType); 2683 2684 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2685 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2686 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2687 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2688 2689 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2690 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2691 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2692 2693 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2694 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2695 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2696 2697 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2698 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2699 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2700 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2701 bool ForceComplain = false, 2702 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2703 2704 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2705 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2706 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2707 2708 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2709 /// evaluation context. 2710 /// 2711 /// \param stmt - If stmt is non-null, delay reporting the diagnostic until 2712 /// the function body is parsed, and then do a basic reachability analysis to 2713 /// determine if the statement is reachable. If it is unreachable, the 2714 /// diagnostic will not be emitted. 2715 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2716 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2717 2718 // Primary Expressions. 2719 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2720 2721 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2722 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2723 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2724 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2725 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2726 2727 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2728 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2729 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2730 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2731 2732 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2733 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2734 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2735 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2736 2737 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2738 IdentifierInfo *II, 2739 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2740 2741 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2742 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2743 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2744 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2745 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2746 2747 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2748 ExprValueKind VK, 2749 SourceLocation Loc, 2750 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2751 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2752 ExprValueKind VK, 2753 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2754 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2755 ExprResult 2756 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2757 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2758 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2759 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2760 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2761 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2762 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2763 LookupResult &R, 2764 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2765 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2766 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2767 LookupResult &R, 2768 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2769 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2770 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2771 const LookupResult &R, 2772 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2773 2774 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2775 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo); 2776 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2777 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2778 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2779 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2780 2781 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2782 LookupResult &R, 2783 bool NeedsADL); 2784 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2785 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2786 NamedDecl *D); 2787 2788 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2789 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2790 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2791 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2792 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2793 2794 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2795 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2796 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2797 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2798 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2799 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2800 SourceLocation R, 2801 MultiExprArg Val); 2802 2803 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2804 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2805 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2806 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2807 2808 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2809 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2810 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2811 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2812 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2813 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2814 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2815 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2816 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2817 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2818 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2819 Expr **Exprs, 2820 unsigned NumAssocs); 2821 2822 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2823 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2824 Expr *InputExpr); 2825 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2826 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2827 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2828 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2829 2830 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2831 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2832 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2833 SourceRange R); 2834 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2835 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2836 ExprResult 2837 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2838 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2839 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 2840 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 2841 2842 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 2843 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 2844 2845 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2846 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2847 SourceRange ExprRange, 2848 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2849 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 2850 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2851 IdentifierInfo &Name, 2852 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2853 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2854 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2855 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 2856 2857 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2858 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2859 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2860 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2861 2862 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2863 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2864 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2865 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2866 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2867 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2868 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2869 2870 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 2871 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 2872 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 2873 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 2874 // defines a custom operator->). 2875 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 2876 Scope *S; 2877 UnqualifiedId &Id; 2878 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 2879 bool HasTrailingLParen; 2880 }; 2881 2882 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2883 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2884 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2885 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2886 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2887 LookupResult &R, 2888 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2889 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 2890 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 2891 2892 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 2893 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 2894 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2895 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2896 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2897 bool HasTemplateArgs); 2898 2899 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 2900 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2901 const LookupResult &R); 2902 2903 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2904 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2905 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2906 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2907 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2908 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2909 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2910 2911 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2912 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2913 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 2914 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2915 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2916 UnqualifiedId &Member, 2917 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2918 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2919 2920 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 2921 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 2922 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 2923 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2924 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2925 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2926 bool ExecConfig = false); 2927 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 2928 ParmVarDecl *Param, 2929 const Expr *ArgExpr); 2930 2931 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 2932 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 2933 /// locations. 2934 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2935 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2936 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 2937 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 2938 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2939 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2940 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2941 Expr *Config = 0, 2942 bool IsExecConfig = false); 2943 2944 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 2945 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 2946 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 2947 2948 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2949 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 2950 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 2951 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2952 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 2953 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2954 Expr *Op); 2955 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 2956 2957 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 2958 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2959 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 2960 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 2961 2962 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 2963 2964 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2965 ParsedType Ty, 2966 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2967 Expr *InitExpr); 2968 2969 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2970 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2971 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2972 Expr *LiteralExpr); 2973 2974 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2975 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 2976 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 2977 2978 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 2979 SourceLocation Loc, 2980 bool GNUSyntax, 2981 ExprResult Init); 2982 2983 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 2984 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 2985 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2986 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 2987 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 2988 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 2989 2990 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 2991 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 2992 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 2993 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2994 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 2995 2996 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 2997 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 2998 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2999 3000 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3001 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3002 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3003 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3004 3005 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3006 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3007 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3008 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3009 union { 3010 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3011 Expr *E; 3012 } U; 3013 }; 3014 3015 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3016 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3017 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3018 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3019 unsigned NumComponents, 3020 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3021 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3022 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3023 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3024 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3025 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3026 unsigned NumComponents, 3027 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3028 3029 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3030 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3031 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3032 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3033 3034 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3035 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3036 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3037 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3038 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3039 3040 // __null 3041 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3042 3043 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3044 3045 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3046 enum IfExistsResult { 3047 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3048 IER_Exists, 3049 3050 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3051 IER_DoesNotExist, 3052 3053 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3054 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3055 IER_Dependent, 3056 3057 /// \brief An error occurred. 3058 IER_Error 3059 }; 3060 3061 IfExistsResult 3062 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3063 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3064 3065 IfExistsResult 3066 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3067 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3068 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3069 3070 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3071 bool IsIfExists, 3072 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3073 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3074 Stmt *Nested); 3075 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3076 bool IsIfExists, 3077 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3078 Stmt *Nested); 3079 3080 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3081 3082 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3083 /// started. 3084 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3085 3086 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3087 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3088 void ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 3089 3090 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3091 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3092 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3093 3094 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3095 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3096 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3097 Scope *CurScope); 3098 3099 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3100 3101 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3102 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3103 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3104 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3105 3106 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3107 3108 // Act on C++ namespaces 3109 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3110 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3111 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3112 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3113 SourceLocation LBrace, 3114 AttributeList *AttrList); 3115 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3116 3117 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3118 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3119 3120 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3121 3122 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3123 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3124 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3125 3126 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3127 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3128 /// 3129 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3130 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3131 3132 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3133 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3134 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3135 3136 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3137 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3138 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3139 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3140 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3141 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3142 AttributeList *AttrList); 3143 3144 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3145 3146 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3147 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3148 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3149 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3150 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3151 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3152 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3153 3154 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3155 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3156 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3157 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3158 NamedDecl *Target); 3159 3160 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3161 bool isTypeName, 3162 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3163 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3164 const LookupResult &Previous); 3165 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3166 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3167 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3168 3169 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3170 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3171 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3172 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3173 AttributeList *AttrList, 3174 bool IsInstantiation, 3175 bool IsTypeName, 3176 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3177 3178 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3179 3180 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3181 AccessSpecifier AS, 3182 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3183 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3184 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3185 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3186 AttributeList *AttrList, 3187 bool IsTypeName, 3188 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3189 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3190 AccessSpecifier AS, 3191 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3192 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3193 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3194 TypeResult Type); 3195 3196 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3197 /// and sets it as the initializer for the the passed in VarDecl. 3198 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3199 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3200 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3201 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3202 3203 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3204 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3205 /// 3206 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3207 ExprResult 3208 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3209 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3210 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3211 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3212 3213 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3214 // the constructor can be elidable? 3215 ExprResult 3216 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3217 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3218 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3219 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3220 SourceRange ParenRange); 3221 3222 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3223 /// the default expr if needed. 3224 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3225 FunctionDecl *FD, 3226 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3227 3228 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3229 /// constructed variable. 3230 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3231 3232 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3233 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3234 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3235 // Pointer to allow copying 3236 Sema *Self; 3237 // We order exception specifications thus: 3238 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x. 3239 // throw() comes next. 3240 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3241 // Finally no specification. 3242 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3243 // 3244 // If this exception specification cannot be known yet (for instance, 3245 // because this is the exception specification for a defaulted default 3246 // constructor and we haven't finished parsing the deferred parts of the 3247 // class yet), the C++0x standard does not specify how to behave. We 3248 // record this as an 'unknown' exception specification, which overrules 3249 // any other specification (even 'none', to keep this rule simple). 3250 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3251 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3252 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3253 3254 void ClearExceptions() { 3255 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3256 Exceptions.clear(); 3257 } 3258 3259 public: 3260 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3261 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3262 if (!Self.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3263 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3264 } 3265 3266 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3267 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3268 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3269 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3270 return ComputedEST; 3271 } 3272 3273 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3274 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3275 3276 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3277 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3278 3279 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3280 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3281 3282 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3283 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3284 3285 /// \brief Specify that the exception specification can't be detemined yet. 3286 void SetDelayed() { 3287 ClearExceptions(); 3288 ComputedEST = EST_Delayed; 3289 } 3290 3291 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3292 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3293 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3294 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3295 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3296 return EPI; 3297 } 3298 }; 3299 3300 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3301 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3302 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3303 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3304 3305 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3306 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3307 /// will be const. 3308 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3309 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3310 3311 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3312 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3313 /// parameter will be const. 3314 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3315 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3316 3317 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3318 /// constructor of a class will have. 3319 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3320 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3321 3322 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3323 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3324 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3325 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3326 3327 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3328 /// destructor of a class will have. 3329 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3330 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3331 3332 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3333 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3334 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3335 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3336 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3337 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3338 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3339 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3340 3341 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3342 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3343 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3344 bool Diagnose = false); 3345 3346 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3347 /// 3348 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3349 /// default constructor will be added. 3350 /// 3351 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3352 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3353 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3354 3355 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3356 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3357 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3358 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3359 3360 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3361 /// 3362 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3363 /// destructor will be added. 3364 /// 3365 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3366 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3367 3368 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3369 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3370 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3371 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3372 3373 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3374 /// 3375 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3376 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3377 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3378 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor, 3379 bool WasDelayed = false); 3380 3381 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3382 /// 3383 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3384 /// constructors will be added. 3385 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3386 3387 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3388 /// 3389 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3390 /// copy constructor will be added. 3391 /// 3392 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3393 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3394 3395 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3396 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3397 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3398 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3399 3400 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3401 /// 3402 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3403 /// move constructor will be added. 3404 /// 3405 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3406 /// declared. 3407 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3408 3409 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3410 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3411 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3412 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3413 3414 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3415 /// 3416 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3417 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3418 /// 3419 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3420 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3421 3422 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3423 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3424 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3425 3426 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3427 /// 3428 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3429 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3430 /// 3431 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3432 /// wasn't declared. 3433 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3434 3435 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3436 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3437 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3438 3439 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3440 /// class. 3441 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3442 3443 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3444 /// special member function. 3445 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3446 3447 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3448 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3449 /// 3450 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3451 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3452 3453 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3454 /// member function. 3455 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3456 3457 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3458 /// static member function. 3459 /// 3460 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3461 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3462 3463 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3464 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3465 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3466 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3467 3468 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3469 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3470 SourceLocation Loc, 3471 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3472 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3473 3474 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3475 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3476 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3477 ParsedType ObjectType, 3478 bool EnteringContext); 3479 3480 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3481 3482 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3483 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3484 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3485 3486 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3487 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3488 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3489 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3490 Declarator &D, 3491 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3492 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3493 Expr *E, 3494 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3495 3496 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3497 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3498 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3499 Expr *E, 3500 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3501 SourceRange Parens); 3502 3503 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3504 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3505 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3506 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3507 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3508 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3509 Expr *Operand, 3510 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3511 3512 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3513 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3514 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3515 void *TyOrExpr, 3516 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3517 3518 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3519 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3520 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3521 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3522 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3523 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3524 Expr *Operand, 3525 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3526 3527 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3528 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3529 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3530 void *TyOrExpr, 3531 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3532 3533 3534 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3535 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3536 3537 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3538 /// 3539 /// \param Capture If true, capture 'this' in this context. 3540 /// 3541 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3542 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3543 3544 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3545 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3546 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3547 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3548 3549 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3550 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3551 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3552 Sema &S; 3553 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3554 bool Enabled; 3555 3556 public: 3557 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3558 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3559 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3560 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3561 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3562 bool Enabled = true); 3563 3564 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3565 }; 3566 3567 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3568 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3569 /// 3570 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3571 /// 3572 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3573 /// capture list. 3574 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3575 3576 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3577 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3578 /// being defined. 3579 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3580 3581 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3582 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3583 3584 3585 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3586 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3587 3588 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3589 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3590 3591 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3592 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3593 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3594 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3595 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3596 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3597 3598 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3599 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3600 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3601 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3602 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3603 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3604 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3605 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3606 3607 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3608 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3609 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3610 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3611 3612 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3613 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3614 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3615 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3616 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3617 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3618 Expr *Initializer); 3619 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3620 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3621 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3622 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3623 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3624 QualType AllocType, 3625 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3626 Expr *ArraySize, 3627 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3628 Expr *Initializer, 3629 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3630 3631 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3632 SourceRange R); 3633 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3634 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3635 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3636 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3637 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3638 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3639 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3640 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3641 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3642 bool Diagnose = true); 3643 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3644 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3645 QualType Argument, 3646 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3647 3648 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3649 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3650 bool Diagnose = true); 3651 3652 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3653 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3654 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3655 Expr *Operand); 3656 3657 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3658 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3659 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3660 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3661 3662 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3663 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3664 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3665 SourceLocation RParen); 3666 3667 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3668 /// pseudo-functions. 3669 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3670 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3671 ParsedType Ty, 3672 SourceLocation RParen); 3673 3674 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3675 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3676 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3677 SourceLocation RParen); 3678 3679 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3680 /// pseudo-functions. 3681 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3682 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3683 ParsedType LhsTy, 3684 ParsedType RhsTy, 3685 SourceLocation RParen); 3686 3687 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3688 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3689 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3690 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3691 SourceLocation RParen); 3692 3693 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3694 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3695 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3696 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3697 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3698 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3699 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3700 3701 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3702 /// pseudo-functions. 3703 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3704 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3705 ParsedType LhsTy, 3706 Expr *DimExpr, 3707 SourceLocation RParen); 3708 3709 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3710 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3711 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3712 Expr *DimExpr, 3713 SourceLocation RParen); 3714 3715 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3716 /// pseudo-functions. 3717 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3718 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3719 Expr *Queried, 3720 SourceLocation RParen); 3721 3722 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3723 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3724 Expr *Queried, 3725 SourceLocation RParen); 3726 3727 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3728 Expr *Base, 3729 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3730 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3731 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3732 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3733 3734 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3735 3736 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3737 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3738 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3739 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3740 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3741 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3742 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3743 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3744 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3745 3746 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3747 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3748 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3749 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3750 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3751 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3752 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3753 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3754 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3755 3756 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3757 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3758 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3759 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3760 const DeclSpec& DS, 3761 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3762 3763 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3764 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3765 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3766 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3767 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3768 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3769 3770 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr); 3771 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3772 3773 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3774 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3775 3776 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3777 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3778 bool EnteringContext = false); 3779 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3780 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3781 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3782 3783 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3784 /// 3785 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3786 /// 3787 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3788 /// 3789 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3790 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3791 /// 3792 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3793 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3794 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3795 3796 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3797 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3798 3799 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3800 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3801 IdentifierInfo &II, 3802 ParsedType ObjectType); 3803 3804 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3805 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3806 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3807 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3808 QualType ObjectType, 3809 bool EnteringContext, 3810 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3811 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3812 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3813 3814 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3815 /// 3816 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3817 /// 3818 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3819 /// 3820 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3821 /// 3822 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3823 /// 3824 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3825 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3826 /// 3827 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3828 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3829 /// 3830 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3831 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3832 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3833 /// including this new type). 3834 /// 3835 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3836 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3837 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3838 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3839 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3840 ParsedType ObjectType, 3841 bool EnteringContext, 3842 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3843 3844 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 3845 3846 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3847 const DeclSpec &DS, 3848 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 3849 3850 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3851 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3852 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3853 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3854 ParsedType ObjectType, 3855 bool EnteringContext); 3856 3857 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 3858 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 3859 /// 3860 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3861 /// 3862 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3863 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3864 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3865 /// including this new type). 3866 /// 3867 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 3868 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 3869 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 3870 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 3871 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 3872 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 3873 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3874 /// 3875 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 3876 /// nested-name-specifier. 3877 /// 3878 /// 3879 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3880 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3881 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3882 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3883 TemplateTy Template, 3884 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 3885 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 3886 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 3887 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 3888 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3889 bool EnteringContext); 3890 3891 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 3892 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 3893 /// nested-name-specifier. 3894 /// 3895 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 3896 /// 3897 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 3898 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 3899 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3900 3901 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 3902 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 3903 /// 3904 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 3905 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 3906 /// 3907 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 3908 /// 3909 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 3910 /// of the annotation pointer. 3911 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 3912 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 3913 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3914 3915 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3916 3917 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 3918 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 3919 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 3920 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 3921 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 3922 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 3923 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3924 3925 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 3926 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 3927 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 3928 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 3929 /// defining scope. 3930 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3931 3932 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 3933 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3934 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 3935 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 3936 /// class X. 3937 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3938 3939 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 3940 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3941 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3942 3943 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 3944 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3945 bool KnownDependent = false); 3946 3947 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 3948 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 3949 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3950 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 3951 SourceLocation EndLoc, 3952 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, 3953 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ManglingNumber 3954 = llvm::Optional<unsigned>(), 3955 Decl *ContextDecl = 0); 3956 3957 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 3958 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 3959 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3960 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 3961 bool ExplicitParams, 3962 bool ExplicitResultType, 3963 bool Mutable); 3964 3965 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 3966 /// given lambda. 3967 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 3968 3969 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 3970 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 3971 3972 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 3973 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 3974 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 3975 /// lambda. 3976 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 3977 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 3978 3979 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 3980 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 3981 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 3982 bool IsInstantiation = false); 3983 3984 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 3985 /// was successfully completed. 3986 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 3987 Scope *CurScope, 3988 bool IsInstantiation = false); 3989 3990 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 3991 /// function pointer. 3992 /// 3993 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 3994 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 3995 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 3996 /// block pointer conversion. 3997 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 3998 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 3999 4000 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4001 /// block pointer. 4002 /// 4003 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4004 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4005 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4006 /// block pointer conversion. 4007 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4008 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4009 4010 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4011 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4012 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4013 Expr *Src); 4014 4015 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4016 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4017 Expr **Strings, 4018 unsigned NumStrings); 4019 4020 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4021 4022 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4023 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4024 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4025 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4026 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4027 bool Value); 4028 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4029 4030 // BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4031 // '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4032 // either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4033 // ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4034 // "char *" or "const char *". 4035 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4036 4037 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4038 Expr *IndexExpr, 4039 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4040 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4041 4042 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4043 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4044 unsigned NumElements); 4045 4046 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4047 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4048 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4049 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4050 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4051 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4052 4053 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4054 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4055 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4056 ParsedType Ty, 4057 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4058 4059 // ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for @selector 4060 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4061 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4062 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4063 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4064 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4065 4066 // ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for @protocol 4067 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4068 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4069 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4070 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4071 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4072 4073 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4074 // C++ Declarations 4075 // 4076 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4077 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4078 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4079 StringRef Lang, 4080 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4081 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4082 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4083 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4084 4085 4086 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4087 // C++ Classes 4088 // 4089 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4090 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4091 4092 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4093 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4094 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4095 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4096 4097 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4098 Declarator &D, 4099 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4100 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4101 bool HasDeferredInit); 4102 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4103 Expr *Init); 4104 4105 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4106 Scope *S, 4107 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4108 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4109 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4110 const DeclSpec &DS, 4111 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4112 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4113 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4114 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4115 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4116 4117 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4118 Scope *S, 4119 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4120 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4121 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4122 const DeclSpec &DS, 4123 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4124 Expr *InitList, 4125 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4126 4127 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4128 Scope *S, 4129 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4130 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4131 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4132 const DeclSpec &DS, 4133 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4134 Expr *Init, 4135 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4136 4137 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4138 Expr *Init, 4139 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4140 4141 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4142 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4143 Expr *Init, 4144 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4145 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4146 4147 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4148 Expr *Init, 4149 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4150 4151 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4152 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4153 4154 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4155 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4156 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4157 4158 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4159 4160 4161 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4162 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4163 /// referenced. 4164 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4165 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4166 4167 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4168 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4169 /// first use occurred. 4170 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4171 4172 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4173 /// materialized. 4174 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4175 4176 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4177 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4178 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4179 /// by code generation). 4180 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4181 4182 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4183 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4184 4185 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4186 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4187 DynamicClassesType; 4188 4189 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4190 /// unit. 4191 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4192 4193 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4194 /// given location. 4195 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4196 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4197 4198 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4199 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4200 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4201 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4202 4203 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4204 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4205 /// vtables. 4206 /// 4207 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4208 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4209 4210 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4211 4212 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4213 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4214 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4215 unsigned NumMemInits, 4216 bool AnyErrors); 4217 4218 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4219 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4220 Decl *TagDecl, 4221 SourceLocation LBrac, 4222 SourceLocation RBrac, 4223 AttributeList *AttrList); 4224 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4225 4226 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4227 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4228 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4229 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4230 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4231 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4232 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4233 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4234 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4235 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4236 4237 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4238 Expr *AssertExpr, 4239 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4240 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4241 4242 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation Loc, 4243 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4244 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4245 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4246 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4247 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4248 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4249 4250 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4251 StorageClass& SC); 4252 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4253 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4254 StorageClass& SC); 4255 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4256 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4257 StorageClass& SC); 4258 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4259 4260 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4261 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedDefaultConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 4262 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedCopyConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 4263 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedCopyAssignment(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 4264 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMoveConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 4265 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMoveAssignment(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 4266 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor); 4267 4268 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4269 // C++ Derived Classes 4270 // 4271 4272 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4273 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4274 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4275 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4276 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4277 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4278 4279 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4280 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4281 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4282 ParsedType basetype, 4283 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4284 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4285 4286 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4287 unsigned NumBases); 4288 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4289 unsigned NumBases); 4290 4291 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4292 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4293 4294 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4295 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4296 4297 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4298 4299 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4300 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4301 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4302 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4303 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4304 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4305 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4306 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4307 DeclarationName Name, 4308 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4309 4310 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4311 4312 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4313 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4314 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4315 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4316 4317 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4318 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4319 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4320 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4321 4322 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4323 4324 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++0x override control semantics. 4325 void CheckOverrideControl(const Decl *D); 4326 4327 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4328 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4329 /// C++0x [class.virtual]p3. 4330 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4331 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4332 4333 4334 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4335 // C++ Access Control 4336 // 4337 4338 enum AccessResult { 4339 AR_accessible, 4340 AR_inaccessible, 4341 AR_dependent, 4342 AR_delayed 4343 }; 4344 4345 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4346 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4347 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4348 4349 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4350 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4351 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4352 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4353 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4354 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4355 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4356 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4357 bool Diagnose = true); 4358 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4359 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4360 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4361 AccessSpecifier Access, 4362 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4363 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4364 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4365 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4366 AccessSpecifier Access, 4367 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4368 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4369 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4370 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4371 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4372 AccessResult CheckDirectMemberAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4373 NamedDecl *D, 4374 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4375 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4376 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4377 Expr *ArgExpr, 4378 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4379 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4380 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4381 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4382 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4383 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4384 unsigned DiagID, 4385 bool ForceCheck = false, 4386 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4387 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4388 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4389 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4390 AccessSpecifier access, 4391 QualType objectType); 4392 4393 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4394 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4395 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4396 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4397 4398 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4399 4400 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4401 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4402 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4403 4404 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4405 AbstractNone = -1, 4406 AbstractReturnType, 4407 AbstractParamType, 4408 AbstractVariableType, 4409 AbstractFieldType, 4410 AbstractArrayType 4411 }; 4412 4413 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4414 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4415 template<typename T1> 4416 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4417 unsigned DiagID, 4418 const T1 &Arg1) { 4419 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4420 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4421 } 4422 4423 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4424 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4425 unsigned DiagID, 4426 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4427 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4428 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4429 } 4430 4431 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4432 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4433 unsigned DiagID, 4434 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4435 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4436 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4437 } 4438 4439 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4440 4441 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4442 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4443 4444 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4445 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4446 // 4447 4448 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4449 4450 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4451 4452 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4453 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4454 // 4455 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4456 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4457 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4458 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4459 4460 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4461 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4462 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4463 4464 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4465 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4466 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4467 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4468 ParsedType ObjectType, 4469 bool EnteringContext, 4470 TemplateTy &Template, 4471 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4472 4473 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4474 SourceLocation IILoc, 4475 Scope *S, 4476 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4477 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4478 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4479 4480 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4481 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4482 4483 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4484 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4485 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4486 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4487 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4488 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4489 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4490 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4491 4492 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4493 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4494 unsigned Depth, 4495 unsigned Position, 4496 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4497 Expr *DefaultArg); 4498 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4499 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4500 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4501 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4502 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4503 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4504 unsigned Depth, 4505 unsigned Position, 4506 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4507 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4508 4509 TemplateParameterList * 4510 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4511 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4512 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4513 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4514 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4515 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4516 4517 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4518 /// list. 4519 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4520 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4521 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4522 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4523 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4524 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4525 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4526 }; 4527 4528 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4529 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4530 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4531 TemplateParameterList * 4532 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4533 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4534 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4535 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4536 unsigned NumParamLists, 4537 bool IsFriend, 4538 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4539 bool &Invalid); 4540 4541 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4542 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4543 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4544 AttributeList *Attr, 4545 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4546 AccessSpecifier AS, 4547 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4548 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4549 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4550 4551 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4552 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4553 4554 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4555 4556 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4557 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4558 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4559 4560 TypeResult 4561 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4562 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4563 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4564 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4565 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4566 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4567 4568 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4569 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4570 /// 4571 /// \param TUK 4572 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4573 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4574 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4575 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4576 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4577 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4578 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4579 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4580 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4581 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4582 4583 4584 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4585 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4586 LookupResult &R, 4587 bool RequiresADL, 4588 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4589 4590 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4591 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4592 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4593 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4594 4595 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4596 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4597 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4598 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4599 ParsedType ObjectType, 4600 bool EnteringContext, 4601 TemplateTy &Template); 4602 4603 DeclResult 4604 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4605 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4606 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4607 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4608 TemplateTy Template, 4609 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4610 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4611 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4612 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4613 AttributeList *Attr, 4614 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4615 4616 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4617 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4618 Declarator &D); 4619 4620 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4621 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4622 Declarator &D); 4623 4624 bool 4625 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4626 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4627 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4628 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4629 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4630 bool &SuppressNew); 4631 4632 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4633 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4634 LookupResult &Previous); 4635 4636 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4637 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4638 LookupResult &Previous); 4639 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4640 4641 DeclResult 4642 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4643 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4644 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4645 unsigned TagSpec, 4646 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4647 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4648 TemplateTy Template, 4649 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4650 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4651 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4652 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4653 AttributeList *Attr); 4654 4655 DeclResult 4656 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4657 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4658 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4659 unsigned TagSpec, 4660 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4661 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4662 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4663 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4664 AttributeList *Attr); 4665 4666 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4667 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4668 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4669 Declarator &D); 4670 4671 TemplateArgumentLoc 4672 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4673 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4674 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4675 Decl *Param, 4676 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4677 4678 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4679 /// argument is being checked. 4680 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4681 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4682 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4683 CTAK_Specified, 4684 4685 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4686 /// deduction. 4687 CTAK_Deduced, 4688 4689 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4690 /// via template argument deduction. 4691 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4692 }; 4693 4694 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4695 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4696 NamedDecl *Template, 4697 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4698 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4699 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4700 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4701 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4702 4703 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4704 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4705 /// 4706 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4707 /// provided. 4708 /// 4709 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4710 /// 4711 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4712 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4713 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4714 /// arguments. 4715 /// 4716 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4717 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4718 /// set of template arguments. 4719 /// 4720 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4721 /// arguments. 4722 /// 4723 /// 4724 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4725 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4726 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4727 /// 4728 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4729 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4730 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4731 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4732 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4733 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4734 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4735 4736 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4737 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4738 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4739 4740 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4741 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4742 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4743 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4744 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4745 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4746 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4747 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); 4748 4749 ExprResult 4750 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4751 QualType ParamType, 4752 SourceLocation Loc); 4753 ExprResult 4754 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4755 SourceLocation Loc); 4756 4757 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4758 /// for equality. 4759 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4760 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4761 /// that might be redeclarations. 4762 /// 4763 /// \code 4764 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4765 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4766 /// \endcode 4767 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4768 4769 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4770 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4771 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4772 /// 4773 /// \code 4774 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4775 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4776 /// \endcode 4777 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4778 4779 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4780 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4781 /// template parameter. 4782 /// 4783 /// \code 4784 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4785 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4786 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4787 /// \endcode 4788 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4789 }; 4790 4791 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4792 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4793 bool Complain, 4794 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4795 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4796 = SourceLocation()); 4797 4798 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4799 4800 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4801 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4802 /// 4803 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4804 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4805 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4806 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4807 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4808 TypeResult 4809 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4810 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4811 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4812 4813 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4814 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4815 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4816 /// 4817 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4818 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4819 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4820 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4821 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4822 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4823 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4824 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4825 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4826 TypeResult 4827 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4828 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4829 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4830 TemplateTy Template, 4831 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4832 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4833 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4834 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4835 4836 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 4837 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4838 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 4839 const IdentifierInfo &II, 4840 SourceLocation IILoc); 4841 4842 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 4843 SourceLocation Loc, 4844 DeclarationName Name); 4845 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4846 4847 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 4848 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 4849 TemplateParameterList *Params); 4850 4851 std::string 4852 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4853 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 4854 4855 std::string 4856 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4857 const TemplateArgument *Args, 4858 unsigned NumArgs); 4859 4860 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4861 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 4862 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4863 4864 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 4865 /// being diagnosed. 4866 /// 4867 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 4868 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 4869 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 4870 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 4871 UPPC_Expression = 0, 4872 4873 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 4874 UPPC_BaseType, 4875 4876 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 4877 UPPC_DeclarationType, 4878 4879 /// \brief The type of a data member. 4880 UPPC_DataMemberType, 4881 4882 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 4883 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 4884 4885 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 4886 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 4887 4888 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 4889 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 4890 4891 /// \brief The enumerator value. 4892 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 4893 4894 /// \brief A using declaration. 4895 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 4896 4897 /// \brief A friend declaration. 4898 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 4899 4900 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 4901 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 4902 4903 /// \brief An initializer. 4904 UPPC_Initializer, 4905 4906 /// \brief A default argument. 4907 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 4908 4909 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 4910 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 4911 4912 /// \brief The type of an exception. 4913 UPPC_ExceptionType, 4914 4915 /// \brief Partial specialization. 4916 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 4917 4918 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 4919 UPPC_IfExists, 4920 4921 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 4922 UPPC_IfNotExists 4923}; 4924 4925 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 4926 /// 4927 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 4928 /// 4929 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 4930 /// parameter packs. 4931 /// 4932 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 4933 void DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 4934 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 4935 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 4936 4937 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 4938 /// diagnose the error. 4939 /// 4940 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 4941 /// 4942 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 4943 /// packs. 4944 /// 4945 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4946 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 4947 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 4948 4949 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 4950 /// pack, diagnose the error. 4951 /// 4952 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 4953 /// parameter packs. 4954 /// 4955 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4956 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 4957 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 4958 4959 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 4960 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 4961 /// 4962 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 4963 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 4964 /// 4965 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4966 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4967 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 4968 4969 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 4970 /// diagnose the error. 4971 /// 4972 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 4973 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 4974 /// 4975 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4976 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4977 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 4978 4979 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 4980 /// diagnose the error. 4981 /// 4982 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 4983 /// 4984 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 4985 /// parameter packs. 4986 /// 4987 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4988 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 4989 TemplateName Template, 4990 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 4991 4992 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 4993 /// pack, diagnose the error. 4994 /// 4995 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 4996 /// parameter packs. 4997 /// 4998 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4999 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5000 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5001 5002 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5003 /// template argument. 5004 /// 5005 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5006 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5007 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5008 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5009 5010 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5011 /// template argument. 5012 /// 5013 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5014 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5015 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5016 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5017 5018 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5019 /// type. 5020 /// 5021 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5022 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5023 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5024 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5025 5026 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5027 /// type. 5028 /// 5029 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5030 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5031 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5032 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5033 5034 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5035 /// nested-name-specifier. 5036 /// 5037 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5038 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5039 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5040 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5041 5042 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5043 /// name. 5044 /// 5045 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5046 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5047 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5048 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5049 5050 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5051 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5052 /// 5053 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5054 /// may already be invalid. 5055 /// 5056 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5057 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5058 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5059 5060 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5061 /// creates a pack expansion. 5062 /// 5063 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5064 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5065 /// 5066 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5067 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5068 5069 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5070 /// expansion. 5071 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5072 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5073 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5074 5075 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5076 /// expansion. 5077 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5078 SourceRange PatternRange, 5079 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5080 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5081 5082 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5083 /// creates a pack expansion. 5084 /// 5085 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5086 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5087 /// 5088 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5089 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5090 5091 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5092 /// creates a pack expansion. 5093 /// 5094 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5095 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5096 /// 5097 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5098 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5099 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5100 5101 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5102 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5103 /// transforming the pattern. 5104 /// 5105 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5106 /// pack expansion. 5107 /// 5108 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5109 /// the pack expansion. 5110 /// 5111 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5112 /// pattern. 5113 /// 5114 /// \param NumUnexpanded The number of unexpanded parameter packs in 5115 /// \p Unexpanded. 5116 /// 5117 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5118 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5119 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5120 /// 5121 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5122 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5123 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5124 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5125 /// 5126 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5127 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5128 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5129 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5130 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5131 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5132 /// set this value in other cases. 5133 /// 5134 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5135 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5136 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5137 /// must be set. 5138 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5139 SourceRange PatternRange, 5140 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5141 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5142 bool &ShouldExpand, 5143 bool &RetainExpansion, 5144 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5145 5146 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5147 /// type. 5148 /// 5149 /// This routine already assumes that the pack expansion type can be 5150 /// expanded and that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5151 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5152 unsigned getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5153 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5154 5155 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5156 /// parameter packs. 5157 /// 5158 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5159 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5160 /// 5161 /// \code 5162 /// void f(T...); 5163 /// \endcode 5164 /// 5165 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5166 /// a variadic function. 5167 /// 5168 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5169 /// false otherwise. 5170 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5171 5172 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5173 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5174 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5175 5176 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5177 /// 5178 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5179 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5180 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5181 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5182 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5183 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5184 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5185 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5186 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5187 TDK_Success = 0, 5188 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5189 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5190 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5191 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5192 /// for every template parameter. 5193 TDK_Incomplete, 5194 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5195 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5196 TDK_Inconsistent, 5197 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5198 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5199 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5200 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5201 TDK_Underqualified, 5202 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5203 /// resulted in an error. 5204 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5205 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5206 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5207 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5208 /// arguments provided. 5209 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5210 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5211 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5212 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5213 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5214 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5215 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5216 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5217 /// template arguments for the given template. 5218 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5219 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5220 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5221 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5222 }; 5223 5224 TemplateDeductionResult 5225 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5226 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5227 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5228 5229 TemplateDeductionResult 5230 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5231 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5232 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5233 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5234 QualType *FunctionType, 5235 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5236 5237 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5238 // deduction for a call. 5239 struct OriginalCallArg { 5240 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5241 unsigned ArgIdx, 5242 QualType OriginalArgType) 5243 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5244 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5245 5246 QualType OriginalParamType; 5247 unsigned ArgIdx; 5248 QualType OriginalArgType; 5249 }; 5250 5251 TemplateDeductionResult 5252 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5253 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5254 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5255 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5256 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5257 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5258 5259 TemplateDeductionResult 5260 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5261 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5262 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5263 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5264 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5265 5266 TemplateDeductionResult 5267 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5268 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5269 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5270 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5271 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5272 5273 TemplateDeductionResult 5274 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5275 QualType ToType, 5276 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5277 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5278 5279 TemplateDeductionResult 5280 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5281 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5282 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5283 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5284 5285 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5286 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5287 DAR_Succeeded, 5288 DAR_Failed, 5289 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5290 }; 5291 5292 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5293 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5294 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5295 5296 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5297 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5298 SourceLocation Loc, 5299 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5300 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5301 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5302 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5303 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5304 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5305 SourceLocation Loc, 5306 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5307 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5308 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5309 bool Complain = true, 5310 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5311 5312 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5313 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5314 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5315 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5316 SourceLocation Loc); 5317 5318 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5319 bool OnlyDeduced, 5320 unsigned Depth, 5321 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5322 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5323 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5324 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5325 } 5326 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5327 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5328 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5329 5330 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5331 // C++ Template Instantiation 5332 // 5333 5334 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5335 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5336 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5337 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5338 5339 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5340 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5341 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5342 enum InstantiationKind { 5343 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5344 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5345 TemplateInstantiation, 5346 5347 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5348 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5349 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5350 /// arguments as specified. 5351 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5352 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5353 5354 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5355 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5356 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5357 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5358 5359 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5360 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5361 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5362 5363 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5364 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5365 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5366 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5367 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5368 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5369 5370 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5371 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5372 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5373 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5374 5375 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5376 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5377 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5378 5379 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5380 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5381 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5382 } Kind; 5383 5384 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5385 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5386 5387 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5388 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5389 /// arguments. 5390 NamedDecl *Template; 5391 5392 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5393 uintptr_t Entity; 5394 5395 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5396 /// are not part of the entity. 5397 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5398 5399 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5400 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5401 5402 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5403 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5404 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5405 5406 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5407 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5408 /// template instantiation. 5409 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5410 5411 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5412 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5413 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5414 5415 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5416 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5417 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5418 5419 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5420 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5421 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5422 return false; 5423 5424 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5425 return false; 5426 5427 switch (X.Kind) { 5428 case TemplateInstantiation: 5429 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5430 return true; 5431 5432 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5433 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5434 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5435 return false; 5436 5437 // Fall through 5438 5439 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5440 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5441 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5442 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5443 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5444 5445 } 5446 5447 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5448 } 5449 5450 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5451 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5452 return !(X == Y); 5453 } 5454 }; 5455 5456 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5457 /// 5458 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5459 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5460 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5461 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5462 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5463 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5464 5465 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5466 /// template instantiation. 5467 /// 5468 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5469 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5470 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5471 5472 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5473 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5474 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5475 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5476 5477 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5478 /// error or warning was produced. 5479 /// 5480 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5481 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5482 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5483 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5484 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5485 5486 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5487 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5488 /// 5489 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5490 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5491 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5492 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5493 5494 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5495 /// within a \c Sema object. 5496 /// 5497 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5498 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5499 Sema &Self; 5500 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5501 5502 public: 5503 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5504 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5505 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5506 } 5507 5508 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5509 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5510 } 5511 }; 5512 5513 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5514 5515 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5516 /// 5517 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5518 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5519 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5520 5521 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5522 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5523 /// deduction. 5524 /// 5525 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5526 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5527 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5528 5529 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5530 /// instantiation. 5531 /// 5532 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5533 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5534 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5535 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5536 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5537 /// 5538 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5539 /// the stack. 5540 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5541 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5542 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5543 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5544 Decl *Entity, 5545 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5546 5547 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5548 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5549 /// of a function template. 5550 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5551 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5552 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5553 5554 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5555 /// template-id. 5556 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5557 TemplateDecl *Template, 5558 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5559 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5560 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5561 5562 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5563 /// template-id. 5564 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5565 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5566 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5567 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5568 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5569 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5570 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5571 5572 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5573 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5574 /// specialization. 5575 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5576 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5577 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5578 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5579 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5580 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5581 5582 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5583 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5584 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5585 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5586 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5587 5588 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5589 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5590 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5591 NamedDecl *Template, 5592 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5593 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5594 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5595 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5596 5597 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5598 NamedDecl *Template, 5599 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5600 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5601 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5602 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5603 5604 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5605 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5606 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5607 TemplateDecl *Template, 5608 NamedDecl *Param, 5609 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5610 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5611 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5612 5613 5614 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5615 void Clear(); 5616 5617 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5618 5619 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5620 /// recursive template instantiations. 5621 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5622 5623 private: 5624 Sema &SemaRef; 5625 bool Invalid; 5626 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5627 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5628 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5629 5630 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5631 5632 InstantiatingTemplate& 5633 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5634 }; 5635 5636 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5637 5638 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5639 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5640 /// errors. 5641 /// 5642 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5643 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5644 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5645 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5646 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5647 5648 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5649 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5650 /// deduction.` 5651 class SFINAETrap { 5652 Sema &SemaRef; 5653 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5654 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5655 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5656 5657 public: 5658 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5659 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5660 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5661 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5662 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5663 { 5664 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5665 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5666 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5667 } 5668 5669 ~SFINAETrap() { 5670 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5671 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5672 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5673 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5674 } 5675 5676 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5677 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5678 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5679 } 5680 }; 5681 5682 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5683 /// variables. 5684 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5685 5686 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5687 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5688 5689 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5690 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5691 5692 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5693 /// name lookup. 5694 /// 5695 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5696 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5697 /// string represents a keyword. 5698 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5699 5700 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5701 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5702 5703 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5704 /// 5705 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5706 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5707 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5708 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5709 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5710 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5711 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5712 5713 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5714 /// but have not yet been performed. 5715 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5716 5717 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5718 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5719 /// 5720 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5721 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5722 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5723 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5724 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5725 5726 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5727 5728 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5729 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5730 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5731 5732 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5733 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5734 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5735 5736 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5737 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5738 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5739 5740 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5741 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5742 SourceLocation Loc, 5743 DeclarationName Entity, 5744 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5745 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5746 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5747 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5748 int indexAdjustment, 5749 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5750 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5751 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5752 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5753 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5754 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5755 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5756 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5757 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5758 5759 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5760 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5761 /// 5762 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5763 /// 5764 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5765 /// 5766 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5767 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5768 /// 5769 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5770 /// 5771 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5772 /// 5773 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5774 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5775 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5776 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5777 5778 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5779 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5780 5781 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5782 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5783 5784 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5785 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5786 bool CXXDirectInit); 5787 5788 bool 5789 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5790 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5791 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5792 5793 bool 5794 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5795 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5796 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5797 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5798 bool Complain = true); 5799 5800 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5801 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5802 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5803 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5804 5805 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5806 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5807 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5808 Decl *NewDecl; 5809 5810 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5811 Decl *D) 5812 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5813 { } 5814 }; 5815 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 5816 5817 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5818 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 5819 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 5820 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 5821 5822 bool 5823 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5824 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5825 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5826 bool Complain = true); 5827 5828 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5829 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5830 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5831 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5832 5833 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 5834 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5835 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5836 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5837 5838 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 5839 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 5840 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5841 5842 DeclarationNameInfo 5843 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5844 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5845 TemplateName 5846 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 5847 SourceLocation Loc, 5848 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5849 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 5850 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 5851 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5852 5853 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5854 FunctionDecl *Function); 5855 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5856 FunctionDecl *Function, 5857 bool Recursive = false, 5858 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5859 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 5860 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5861 VarDecl *Var, 5862 bool Recursive = false, 5863 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5864 5865 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 5866 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 5867 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5868 5869 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 5870 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5871 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 5872 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5873 5874 // Objective-C declarations. 5875 enum ObjCContainerKind { 5876 OCK_None = -1, 5877 OCK_Interface = 0, 5878 OCK_Protocol, 5879 OCK_Category, 5880 OCK_ClassExtension, 5881 OCK_Implementation, 5882 OCK_CategoryImplementation 5883 }; 5884 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 5885 5886 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5887 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5888 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5889 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 5890 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 5891 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5892 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5893 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5894 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5895 AttributeList *AttrList); 5896 5897 Decl *ActOnCompatiblityAlias( 5898 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 5899 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 5900 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 5901 5902 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 5903 IdentifierInfo *PName, 5904 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 5905 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 5906 5907 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 5908 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 5909 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 5910 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5911 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5912 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5913 AttributeList *AttrList); 5914 5915 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5916 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5917 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5918 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 5919 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 5920 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5921 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5922 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5923 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 5924 5925 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 5926 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 5927 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5928 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 5929 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 5930 5931 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 5932 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5933 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5934 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 5935 SourceLocation CatLoc); 5936 5937 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 5938 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 5939 5940 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 5941 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 5942 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 5943 unsigned NumElts); 5944 5945 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 5946 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 5947 unsigned NumElts, 5948 AttributeList *attrList); 5949 5950 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 5951 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 5952 unsigned NumProtocols, 5953 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 5954 5955 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 5956 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 5957 /// be modified to be consistent with \arg PropertyTy. 5958 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 5959 SourceLocation Loc, 5960 unsigned &Attributes); 5961 5962 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 5963 /// setters and getters as needed. 5964 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 5965 /// \param DC The semantic container for the property 5966 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 5967 /// in class extension. 5968 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 5969 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 5970 ObjCContainerDecl *DC, 5971 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 5972 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 5973 5974 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 5975 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 5976 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 5977 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 5978 5979 5980 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 5981 5982 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 5983 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 5984 5985 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 5986 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 5987 5988 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 5989 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 5990 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 5991 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 5992 5993 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 5994 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 5995 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 5996 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 5997 bool *OverridingProperty, 5998 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 5999 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6000 6001 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6002 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6003 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6004 bool ImplKind, 6005 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6006 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6007 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6008 6009 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6010 OSMK_None, 6011 OSMK_Alloc, 6012 OSMK_New, 6013 OSMK_Copy, 6014 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6015 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6016 }; 6017 6018 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6019 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6020 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6021 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6022 // in this case. 6023 ParsedType Type; 6024 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6025 6026 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6027 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6028 }; 6029 6030 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6031 Scope *S, 6032 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6033 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6034 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6035 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6036 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6037 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6038 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6039 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6040 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6041 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6042 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6043 6044 // Helper method for ActOnClassMethod/ActOnInstanceMethod. 6045 // Will search "local" class/category implementations for a method decl. 6046 // Will also search in class's root looking for instance method. 6047 // Returns 0 if no method is found. 6048 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateClassMethod(Selector Sel, 6049 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl); 6050 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Selector Sel, 6051 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl); 6052 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6053 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6054 bool IsInstance); 6055 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6056 bool IsInstance); 6057 6058 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6059 6060 ExprResult 6061 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6062 Expr *BaseExpr, 6063 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6064 DeclarationName MemberName, 6065 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6066 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6067 bool Super); 6068 6069 ExprResult 6070 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6071 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6072 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6073 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6074 6075 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6076 6077 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6078 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6079 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6080 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6081 ObjCSuperMessage, 6082 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6083 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6084 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6085 /// name. 6086 ObjCClassMessage 6087 }; 6088 6089 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6090 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6091 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6092 bool IsSuper, 6093 bool HasTrailingDot, 6094 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6095 6096 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6097 Selector Sel, 6098 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6099 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6100 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6101 MultiExprArg Args); 6102 6103 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6104 QualType ReceiverType, 6105 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6106 Selector Sel, 6107 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6108 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6109 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6110 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6111 MultiExprArg Args, 6112 bool isImplicit = false); 6113 6114 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6115 bool isSuperReceiver, 6116 SourceLocation Loc, 6117 Selector Sel, 6118 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6119 MultiExprArg Args); 6120 6121 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6122 ParsedType Receiver, 6123 Selector Sel, 6124 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6125 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6126 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6127 MultiExprArg Args); 6128 6129 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6130 QualType ReceiverType, 6131 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6132 Selector Sel, 6133 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6134 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6135 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6136 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6137 MultiExprArg Args, 6138 bool isImplicit = false); 6139 6140 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6141 QualType ReceiverType, 6142 SourceLocation Loc, 6143 Selector Sel, 6144 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6145 MultiExprArg Args); 6146 6147 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6148 Expr *Receiver, 6149 Selector Sel, 6150 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6151 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6152 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6153 MultiExprArg Args); 6154 6155 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6156 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6157 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6158 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6159 Expr *SubExpr); 6160 6161 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6162 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6163 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6164 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6165 ParsedType Type, 6166 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6167 Expr *SubExpr); 6168 6169 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6170 6171 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6172 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6173 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6174 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6175 bool IsImplementation); 6176 6177 /// \brief Check whether the given method overrides any methods in its class, 6178 /// calling \c CheckObjCMethodOverride for each overridden method. 6179 bool CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, DeclContext *DC); 6180 6181 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6182 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6183 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6184 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6185 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6186 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6187 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6188 }; 6189 6190 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed #pragma options align. 6191 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6192 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6193 SourceLocation KindLoc); 6194 6195 enum PragmaPackKind { 6196 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6197 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6198 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6199 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6200 }; 6201 6202 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6203 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6204 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6205 }; 6206 6207 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed #pragma pack(...). 6208 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6209 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6210 Expr *Alignment, 6211 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6212 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6213 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6214 6215 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed #pragms ms_struct [on|off]. 6216 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6217 6218 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '#pragma unused'. 6219 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6220 Scope *curScope, 6221 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6222 6223 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed #pragma GCC visibility... . 6224 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6225 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6226 6227 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6228 SourceLocation Loc); 6229 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6230 6231 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed #pragma weak ident. 6232 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6233 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6234 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6235 6236 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6237 /// #pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6238 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6239 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6240 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6241 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6242 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6243 6244 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed #pragma weak ident = ident. 6245 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6246 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6247 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6248 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6249 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6250 6251 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6252 /// #pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6253 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6254 6255 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6256 /// a the record decl, to handle '#pragma pack' and '#pragma options align'. 6257 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6258 6259 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6260 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6261 6262 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6263 void FreePackedContext(); 6264 6265 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6266 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6267 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6268 SourceLocation Loc); 6269 6270 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6271 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6272 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6273 6274 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6275 /// for '#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6276 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6277 6278 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6279 void FreeVisContext(); 6280 6281 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6282 /// '#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6283 /// the appropriate attribute. 6284 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6285 6286 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6287 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E); 6288 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T); 6289 6290 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6291 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6292 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6293 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6294 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6295 CCK_CStyleCast, 6296 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6297 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6298 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6299 CCK_OtherCast 6300 }; 6301 6302 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6303 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6304 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6305 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6306 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6307 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6308 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6309 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6310 6311 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6312 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6313 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6314 6315 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6316 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6317 /// required. 6318 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6319 6320 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6321 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6322 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6323 6324 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6325 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6326 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6327 6328 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6329 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6330 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6331 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6332 6333 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6334 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6335 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6336 // type. 6337 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6338 6339 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6340 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6341 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6342 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6343 6344 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6345 enum VariadicCallType { 6346 VariadicFunction, 6347 VariadicBlock, 6348 VariadicMethod, 6349 VariadicConstructor, 6350 VariadicDoesNotApply 6351 }; 6352 6353 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6354 /// form of call prototypes. 6355 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6356 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6357 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6358 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6359 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6360 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6361 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6362 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6363 6364 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6365 // will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6366 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6367 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6368 6369 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6370 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6371 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6372 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6373 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6374 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6375 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6376 6377 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6378 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6379 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6380 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6381 /// source and destination type. 6382 enum AssignConvertType { 6383 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6384 Compatible, 6385 6386 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6387 /// accept as an extension. 6388 PointerToInt, 6389 6390 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6391 /// accept as an extension. 6392 IntToPointer, 6393 6394 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6395 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6396 FunctionVoidPointer, 6397 6398 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6399 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6400 IncompatiblePointer, 6401 6402 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6403 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6404 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6405 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6406 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6407 6408 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6409 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6410 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6411 6412 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6413 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6414 /// like address spaces. 6415 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6416 6417 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6418 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6419 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6420 /// extension. 6421 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6422 6423 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6424 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6425 IncompatibleVectors, 6426 6427 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6428 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6429 IntToBlockPointer, 6430 6431 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6432 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6433 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6434 6435 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6436 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6437 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6438 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6439 6440 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6441 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6442 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6443 6444 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6445 /// represent it in the AST. 6446 Incompatible 6447 }; 6448 6449 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6450 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6451 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6452 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6453 SourceLocation Loc, 6454 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6455 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6456 bool *Complained = 0); 6457 6458 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6459 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6460 /// C99 6.5.16. 6461 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6462 QualType LHSType, 6463 QualType RHSType); 6464 6465 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6466 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6467 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6468 ExprResult &RHS, 6469 CastKind &Kind); 6470 6471 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6472 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6473 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6474 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6475 ExprResult &RHS, 6476 bool Diagnose = true); 6477 6478 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6479 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6480 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6481 ExprResult &RHS); 6482 6483 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6484 6485 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6486 6487 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6488 AssignmentAction Action, 6489 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6490 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6491 AssignmentAction Action, 6492 bool AllowExplicit, 6493 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6494 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6495 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6496 AssignmentAction Action, 6497 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6498 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6499 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6500 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6501 AssignmentAction Action, 6502 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6503 6504 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6505 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6506 6507 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6508 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6509 ExprResult &RHS); 6510 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6511 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6512 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6513 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6514 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6515 bool IsDivide); 6516 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6517 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6518 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6519 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6520 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6521 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6522 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6523 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6524 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6525 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6526 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6527 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6528 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6529 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6530 bool isRelational); 6531 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6532 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6533 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6534 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6535 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6536 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6537 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6538 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6539 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6540 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6541 6542 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6543 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6544 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6545 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6546 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6547 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6548 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6549 6550 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6551 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6552 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6553 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6554 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6555 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6556 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6557 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6558 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6559 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6560 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6561 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6562 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6563 NonStandardCompositeType); 6564 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6565 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6566 return Composite; 6567 } 6568 6569 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6570 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6571 6572 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6573 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6574 6575 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6576 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6577 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6578 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6579 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6580 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6581 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6582 SourceLocation Loc); 6583 6584 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6585 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6586 6587 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6588 6589 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6590 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6591 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6592 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6593 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6594 /// reference binding is not possible. 6595 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6596 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6597 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6598 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6599 Ref_Related, 6600 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6601 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6602 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6603 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6604 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6605 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6606 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6607 Ref_Compatible 6608 }; 6609 6610 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6611 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6612 bool &DerivedToBase, 6613 bool &ObjCConversion, 6614 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6615 6616 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6617 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6618 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6619 6620 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6621 /// given type. 6622 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6623 6624 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6625 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6626 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6627 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6628 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6629 CastKind &Kind); 6630 6631 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6632 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6633 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6634 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6635 // returns the cast expr 6636 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6637 CastKind &Kind); 6638 6639 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6640 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6641 Expr *CastExpr, 6642 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6643 6644 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6645 6646 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6647 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6648 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6649 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6650 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6651 6652 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6653 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6654 6655 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6656 QualType ExprType); 6657 6658 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6659 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6660 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6661 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6662 6663 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6664 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6665 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6666 6667 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6668 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6669 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6670 6671 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6672 /// \param Method - May be null. 6673 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6674 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6675 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6676 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6677 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6678 bool isSuperMessage, 6679 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6680 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6681 6682 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6683 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6684 /// and the form of the message send. 6685 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6686 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6687 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6688 6689 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6690 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6691 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6692 6693 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6694 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6695 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6696 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6697 /// 6698 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6699 /// 'if' keyword. 6700 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6701 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6702 6703 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6704 Expr *SubExpr); 6705 6706 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6707 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6708 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6709 6710 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6711 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6712 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6713 6714 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6715 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6716 6717 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6718 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6719 /// the specified diagnostic. 6720 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6721 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6722 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6723 6724 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6725 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6726 /// in the global scope. 6727 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6728 6729 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6730 /// expression violations. 6731 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6732 public: 6733 bool Suppress; 6734 6735 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6736 6737 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6738 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6739 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6740 }; 6741 6742 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6743 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6744 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6745 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6746 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6747 bool AllowFold = true); 6748 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6749 unsigned DiagID, 6750 bool AllowFold = true); 6751 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6752 6753 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6754 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6755 /// Returns false on success. 6756 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6757 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6758 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6759 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6760 6761 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6762 CFT_Device, 6763 CFT_Global, 6764 CFT_Host, 6765 CFT_HostDevice 6766 }; 6767 6768 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6769 6770 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6771 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6772 6773 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6774 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6775 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6776 } 6777 6778 /// \name Code completion 6779 //@{ 6780 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 6781 enum ParserCompletionContext { 6782 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 6783 PCC_Namespace, 6784 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 6785 PCC_Class, 6786 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 6787 /// or category. 6788 PCC_ObjCInterface, 6789 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 6790 /// category implementation 6791 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 6792 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 6793 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 6794 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 6795 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6796 /// headers. 6797 PCC_Template, 6798 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6799 /// headers within a class. 6800 PCC_MemberTemplate, 6801 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 6802 PCC_Expression, 6803 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 6804 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 6805 PCC_Statement, 6806 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 6807 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 6808 PCC_ForInit, 6809 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 6810 /// while, switch, or for statement. 6811 PCC_Condition, 6812 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 6813 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 6814 /// in the grammar. 6815 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 6816 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 6817 PCC_Type, 6818 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 6819 /// might also be a type cast. 6820 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 6821 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 6822 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 6823 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 6824 }; 6825 6826 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 6827 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 6828 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 6829 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 6830 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 6831 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 6832 6833 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 6834 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 6835 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 6836 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6837 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6838 bool IsArrow); 6839 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 6840 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 6841 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 6842 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 6843 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 6844 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 6845 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 6846 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 6847 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 6848 6849 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6850 bool EnteringContext); 6851 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 6852 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 6853 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 6854 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 6855 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 6856 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 6857 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 6858 unsigned NumInitializers); 6859 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 6860 bool AfterAmpersand); 6861 6862 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 6863 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 6864 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 6865 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 6866 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 6867 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 6868 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 6869 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 6870 bool IsParameter); 6871 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 6872 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6873 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6874 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6875 bool AtArgumentExpression); 6876 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 6877 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6878 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6879 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6880 bool IsSuper = false); 6881 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 6882 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6883 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6884 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6885 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 6886 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 6887 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 6888 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 6889 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6890 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6891 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 6892 unsigned NumProtocols); 6893 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 6894 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 6895 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 6896 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6897 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6898 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 6899 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 6900 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6901 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6902 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 6903 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6904 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6905 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 6906 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 6907 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 6908 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 6909 bool IsInstanceMethod, 6910 ParsedType ReturnType); 6911 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 6912 bool IsInstanceMethod, 6913 bool AtParameterName, 6914 ParsedType ReturnType, 6915 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6916 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6917 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 6918 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 6919 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 6920 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 6921 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 6922 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 6923 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 6924 unsigned Argument); 6925 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 6926 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 6927 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 6928 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 6929 //@} 6930 6931 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6932 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 6933 6934public: 6935 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 6936 unsigned ByteNo) const; 6937 6938private: 6939 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 6940 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 6941 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 6942 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 6943 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall); 6944 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 6945 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 6946 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall); 6947 6948 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 6949 6950 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 6951 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 6952 6953 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 6954 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 6955 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 6956 6957public: 6958 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 6959 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 6960 6961private: 6962 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 6963 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 6964 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 6965 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 6966 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 6967 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 6968 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 6969 llvm::APSInt &Result); 6970 6971 enum FormatStringType { 6972 FST_Scanf, 6973 FST_Printf, 6974 FST_NSString, 6975 FST_Strftime, 6976 FST_Strfmon, 6977 FST_Kprintf, 6978 FST_Unknown 6979 }; 6980 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 6981 bool SemaCheckStringLiteral(const Expr *E, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6982 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 6983 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 6984 bool inFunctionCall = true); 6985 6986 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 6987 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 6988 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 6989 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall); 6990 6991 void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, CallExpr *TheCall); 6992 void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 6993 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 6994 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 6995 void CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6996 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 6997 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 6998 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 6999 7000 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7001 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7002 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7003 7004 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7005 unsigned BId, 7006 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7007 7008 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7009 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7010 7011 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7012 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7013 7014 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7015 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7016 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7017 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7018 7019 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7020 Expr *Init); 7021 7022 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7023 /// 7024 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7025 Scope *CurScope; 7026 7027protected: 7028 friend class Parser; 7029 friend class InitializationSequence; 7030 friend class ASTReader; 7031 friend class ASTWriter; 7032 7033public: 7034 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7035 /// 7036 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7037 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7038 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7039 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7040 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7041 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7042 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7043 7044 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7045 7046 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7047 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7048 } 7049 7050 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7051}; 7052 7053/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7054class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7055 Sema &Actions; 7056 7057public: 7058 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7059 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7060 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7061 bool IsDecltype = false) 7062 : Actions(Actions) { 7063 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7064 IsDecltype); 7065 } 7066 7067 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7068 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7069 } 7070}; 7071 7072} // end namespace clang 7073 7074#endif 7075